7villa-Om-Me-02 DX Hi Wall Split Ac Units

OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL
PROJECT REPORT NO. 7-VILLA/OM/ME/02

:7 VILLA PROJECT AT NUAIJA
CLINET DATE 4/18/2022
:General Directorate of Endowments (AWQAF)
CONSULTANT : AL AQSA REV 0
CONTRACTOR
: AL MASAKEEN TRADING
MECHANICAL
CONTRACTOR : HOUSE EXPRESS QATAR
DEPARTMENT
ARCH □ CIVIL □ ELEC □ MECH R HVAC R
DESCREPTION
DISCRIPTION DX-HI WALL MOUNTED SPLIT UNITS
MANUFACTURER DAIKIN - MALAYSIA
SUPPLIER/ AGENT TADMUR TRADING
Salwa Road, Street No. 340, Area 43

P.O. Box 37493, Doha, Qatar.
M: +974 – 66097955 T: +974 44337095
ADDRESS/ TEL/ FAX
Phone: +974 4433 7000 Fax: +974 4433 7100
[email protected]
[email protected]
SUBMITTED BY
MECHNICAL MECHNICAL
MAIN CONTRACTOR MAIN CONTRACTOR
CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR
ENGINEER PROJECT MANGER
ENGINEER MANAGER
NAME
SINGED
DATE
COMMENT BY AL AQSA CONSULTANT ENGINEER
STATUS
APPROVED APPROVED WITH COMMENTS REVIISED &RESUBMET NOT APPROVED
AL AQSA- CONSULTANT ENGINEER AL AQSA-PROJECT MANAGER

NAME
SINGED
DATE
Approval by the consultant shall not relieve the contractor of his obligation under the contract , the contractor shall be solely responsible for the soundness and correctness
of the submitted material and documents.
PROJECT TITLE
7 VILLA PROJECT AT NUAIJA
CLIENT
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ENDOWMENTS (AWQAF)
CONSULTANT
AL AQSA
MAIN CONTRACTOR
AL MASAKEEN TRADING & CONTRACTING
MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR
HOUSE EXPRESS QATAR
INSTALLATION, OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL

DX-HI WALL MOUNTED SPLIT AC UNIT
MAKE / BRAND
DAIKIN - MALAYSIA
SUPPLIER
TADMUR TRADING
INSTALLATION
MANUAL
R410A SPLIT SERIES
MODELS
FTN20A RN20A
FTN25A RN25A
FTN30A
Installation Manual
RN30A R410A Split Series
English
FTNK20A RNK20A
FTNK25A RNK25A
IM-5WMJ-0815(7)-DAIKIN
Part No.: R08019043958G
CVR-IM-5WMJ(R)-0714(2)-DAIKIN(SA1 1 5/22/15 4:26:07 PM

OUTLINE AND DIMENSIONS
English
Indoor Unit
THE MARK SHOWS PIPING DIRECTION
REAR REAR
Original Instruction
LEFT RIGHT
TOP VIEW
A
C
NAME PLATE
SIGNAL
RECEIVER B
TERMINAL
BOTTOM BOTTOM BLOCK WITH
EARTH
LOUVER INDOOR UNIT TERMINAL
SIDE VIEW
FRONT GRILLE FIXED SCREWS ON/OFF SWITCH
(INSIDE)
ROOM TEMPERATURE
THERMISTOR (INSIDE)
FRONT VIEW
All dimensions are in mm
D E
F
F
B
Through the wall

hole Ø 65mm
G
H J Liquid pipe end Gas pipe end K I Drain hose position

L M
A
INSTALLATION PLATE 20/25
Dimension
A B C D E F G H I J K L M
Model
FTN 20/25 1124 310 237 190 173 61 40 45 48 91 219 580 45
FTNK 20/25 1172 320 242 190 173 61 40 45 48 91 219 580 45
1-IM-5WMJ(R)-0714(2)DAIKIN(SASO)1 1 5/22/15 4:27:13 PM

Indoor Unit
D E
F
F
SCREW SCREW SCREW
SCREW SCREW
Through the wall

B
WM3035J WM3035J
hole Ø 65mm
SCREW SCREW
G
H J Liquid pipe Gas pipe K I Drain hose position

L M
A
INSTALLATION PLATE FTN30
Dimension
A B C D E F G H I J K L M
Model
FTN30 1289 310 240 201 193 57 50 45 80 196 177 650 52
Outdoor Unit (RN/RNK)
L K L All dimensions are in mm

N
M
S
N
C
A
O D G H
F
E
B
Q R
I J
P
Dimension
A B C D E F G H I J K L
Model
20 855 628 328 520 182 44 93 149 101 113 603 126
25 855 730 328 520 182 44 93 149 101 113 603 126
Dimension
M N O P Q R S
Model
20 164 15 34 23 73 75 362
25 164 15 34 23 73 75 362

Outdoor Unit (RN)
English
J I J All dimensions are in mm
N
M
N
A O C
K D
MADE IN MALAYSIA
B
F
E G H
L
Dimension
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O
Model
30 1030 826 400 695 57 72 90 40 746 142 60 26 448 22 28

INSTALLATION MANUAL
This manual provides the procedures of installation to ensure a safe and good standard of operation for the air conditioner unit.
Special adjustment may be necessary to suit local requirements.
Before using your air conditioner, please read this instruction manual carefully and keep it for future reference.
This appliance is intended to be used by expert or trained users in shops, in light industry and on farms, or for commercial use by lay persons.
This appliance is not intended for use by persons, including children, with reduced physical, sensory or mental capabilities, or lack of experience
and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for their safety.
Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the appliance.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
! WARNING ! CAUTION
• Installation and maintenance should be performed by qualified persons Please take note of the following important points when
who are familiar with local code and regulation, and experienced with installing.
this type of appliance. • Do not install the unit where leakage of flammable gas may
• All field wiring must be installed in accordance with the national occur.
wiring regulation. If gas leaks and accumulates around the unit, it may cause
• Ensure that the rated voltage of the unit corresponds to that of the fire ignition.
name plate before commencing wiring work according to the wiring • Ensure that drainage piping is connected properly.
diagram. If the drainage piping is not connected properly, it may cause
• The unit must be GROUNDED to prevent possible hazard due to water leakage which will dampen the furniture.
insulation failure. • Do not overcharge the unit.
• All electrical wiring must not touch the water piping or any moving This unit is factory pre-charged. Overcharge will cause
parts of the fan motors. over-current or damage to the compressor.
• Confirm that the unit has been switched OFF before installing or • Ensure that the unit’s panel is closed after service or
servicing the unit. installation.
• Risk of electric shock, can cause injury or death. Disconnect all remain Unsecured panels will cause the unit to operate noisily.
electric power supplies before servicing.
• DO NOT pull out the power cord when the power is ON. This may • Sharp edges and coil surfaces are potential locations which may
cause serious electrical shocks which may result in the fire hazards. cause injury hazards. Avoid from being in contact with these
places.
• Keep the indoor and outdoor units, power cable and transmission
wiring, at least 1m from TVs and radios, to prevent distorted pictures • Before turning off the power supply set the remote controller’s
and static. {Depending on the type and source of the electrical waves, ON/OFF switch to the “OFF” position to prevent the nuisance
static may be heard even when more than 1m away}. tripping of the unit. If this is not done, the unit’s fans will start turning
automatically when power resumes, posing a hazard to service personnel
or the user.
• Do not install the units at or near doorway.
• Do not operate any heating apparatus too close to the air conditioner
unit or use in room where mineral oil, oil vapour or oil steam exist,
this may cause plastic part to melt or deform as a result of excessive
heat or chemical reaction.
• When the unit is used in kitchen, keep f our away from going into
suction of the unit.
• This unit is not suitable for factory used where cutting oil mist or
iron powder exist or voltage f uctuates greatly.
• Do not install the units at area like hot spring or oil ref nery plant
where sulphide gas exists.
• Ensure the color of wires of the outdoor unit and the terminal
markings are same to the indoors respectively.
• IMPORTANT : DO NOT INSTALL OR USE THE AIR
CONDITIONER UNIT IN A LAUNDRY ROOM.
• Don’t use joined and twisted wires for incoming power supply.
• The equipment is not intended for use in a potentially explosive
atmosphere.
NOTICE
Disposal requirement
Your air conditioning product is marked with this symbol. This means that electrical and electronic products shall not be mixed with unsorted household
waste.
Do not try to dismantle the system yourself: the dismantling of the air conditioning system, treatment of the refrigerant, of oil and of other parts must be
done by a qualified installer in accordance with relevant local and national legislation.
Air conditioners must be treated at a specialized treatment facility for re-use, recycling and recovery. By ensuring this product is disposed of correctly,
you will help to prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health. Please contact the installer or local authority for more
information.
Batteries must be removed from the remote controller and disposed of separately in accordance with relevant local and national legislation.

IMPORTANT
English
Unpacking Procedures
• Wall Mounted Unit
1. After takeoff the bands and pull out one side cushion, push the unit to the opposite side.
2. Pull out the unit from the other side.
• Outdoor Unit
1. After takeoff the bands, pull out the carton box from the top side of the unit.
* This product is not designed for re-packing. In case of re-packing, contact to Daikin Dealer.

INSTALLATION DIAGRAM
Indoor unit Cut thermal insulation pipe

75mm or more from ceiling Caulk pipe to an appropriate length and
hole gap wrap it with tape, making
with putty. sure that no gap is left in the
Front panel insulation pipe’s cut line.
Wrap the insulation pipe with

50mm or more from walls the finishing tape from bottom
(on both sides) to top.
M4 x 12L Service lid

Air filter ■ Opening service lid
Service lid is opening/
closing type.
■ Opening method
1) Remove the service lid
screws.
2) Pull out the service lid
diagonally down in the
direction of the arrow.
Titanium apatite deodorizing 3) Pull down.
filter (2)
Air filter
Titanium apatite
deodorizing filter
Filter frame
Tab
500mm from wal

l
Outdoor Unit
INSTALLATION OF THE OUTDOOR UNIT
The outdoor unit must be installed in such a way, so as to

prevent short circuit of the hot discharged air or obstruction to A
the smooth air flow. Please follow the installation clearances B
shown in the figure. Select the coolest possible place where
intake air temperature is not greater than the outside air
temperature (please refer operating range).
Return air
Discharge air
Obstacle
Installation clearances
Obstacle
H/2
Dimension A B C D
Minimum Distance, mm 300 1000 300 500
Note: If there is any obstacle higher than half, of the unit’s
height (H), please allow more space than the figure indicated
in the above table. C D
Return air
Service access
Obstacle
Obstacle

Condensed Water Disposal Of Outdoor Unit
(Heat Pump Unit Only)
English
• There are 2 holes on the base of Outdoor Unit for PLUG
condensed water to flow out. Insert the drain elbow to
one of the holes.
• To install the drain elbow, first insert one portion of the A
hook to the base (portion A), then pull the drain elbow in BASE
the direction shown by the arrow while inserting the other
portion to the base. After installation, check to ensure that DRAIN ELBOW
the drain elbow clings to base firmly. DRAIN ELBOW
• If the unit is installed in a snowy and chilly area, condensed
water may freeze in the base. In such case, please remove
plug at the bottom of unit to smooth the drainage.
Please remove
side plate when
connecting the piping
and connecting cord
PUSH & PULL UP
INSTALLATION OF THE INDOOR UNIT
The indoor unit must be installed in such a way so as to prevent The refrigerant piping can be routed to the unit in a number of
short circuit of the cool discharged air with the hot return air. ways (left or right from the back of the unit), by using the cut-
Please follow the installation clearance shown in the figure. Do out holes on the casing of the unit (see figure). Bend the pipes
not place the indoor unit where there could be direct sunlight carefully to the required position in order to align it with the
shining on it. Also, this location must be suitable for piping holes. For the side and bottom, hold the bottom of the piping
and drainage, and be away from doors or windows. and then position it to the required direction (see figure). The
condensation drain hose can be taped to the pipes.
Air flow Right-side, right-back or right-bottom piping

performance)
(Indoor)
(Space for
min. 75
min. 50 min. 50 Right-side

Required space (Space for piping
(Space for
maintenance) maintenance) Right-back piping
Remove pipe port cover
here for right-side piping Right-bottom
All dimensions are in mm piping Bind coolant pipe
Remove pipe port cover and drain hose
here for right-bottom piping together with
insulating tape.
Left-side, left-back or left-bottom piping

Remove pipe port
cover here for
left-side piping
Left-side
piping
Remove pipe port cover here for Left-back
left-bottom piping piping
Left-bottom piping

Bottom or side piping
(For FTNK only)
1) Cut off pipe port cover with a copping saw.
ü For bottom piping: On the bottom of the front grille
ü For side piping: On the side cover (front grille side and unit side)
Apply the blade of the copping saw to the notch, and cut off the pipe port cover along the uneven inner surface.
Front grille side
The figure shows the case of left bottom piping
Side cover
(front grille side)
2) After cutting off the pipe cover, perform filing.

Remove the burrs along the cut section using a half round needle file.
3) Wrap the inter-unit wire, refrigerant pipes and drain hose together with insulation tape.
Then, insert the drain hose and refrigerant pipes into the wall hole after inserting them into the cut out piping hole
opened.
Bind refrigerant pipe and drain hose
together with adhesive vinyl tape.
Right-side Left-side
piping piping
Right-bottom piping Left-bottom piping

NOTE
ü Be careful not to let chips enter the driving section of the arm.
ü Be careful not to put pressure on the lower front panel.

Mounting Installation Plate Mount The Unit Onto The Installation Plate
Ensure that the wall is strong enough to withstand the weight Hook the indoor unit onto the upper portion of the installation
English
of the unit. Otherwise, it is necessary to reinforce the wall plate (Engage the two hooks at the rear top of the indoor unit
with plates, beams or pillars. with the upper edge of the installation plate). Ensure that the
Use the level gauge for horizontal mounting, and fix it with hooks are properly seated on the installation plate by moving
7 suitable screws. it to the left and right.
In case the rear piping draws out, drill a hole 65mm in
diameter with a cone drill, slightly lower on the outside wall How To Attach The Indoor Unit
Hook the claws of the bottom frame to the mounting plate.
(see figure).
How To Remove The Indoor Unit
Recommended Mounting Plate Retention Spots Push up the marked area (at the lower part of the front grille)
to release the claws.
20/25
Mounting plate
Mounting plate
Clip
Mounting plate
fixing screw
Bottom frame
Mark (rear side)
Front grille
30 Hang indoor unit’s hook here.
Mounting plate
SCREW
Mounting plate
When stripping the
ends of interconnecting
WM303
5J
SCREW
SCREW
wires in advance, bind

right ends of wires with Interconnecting
wires
SCREW
SCREW
SCREW
insulating tape.
Mounting plate
Wire guide
WM303
5J
fixing screw
SCREW
Water Drainage Piping

The indoor drain pipe must be in a downward gradient for
smooth drainage. Avoid situations that are likely to cause
water to leak.
Hole with cone drill
Water Drainage
Inside Outside
Wall embedded pipe
(Field supply) Caulking Water
Retention
End
Water Water Water dipped
Ø 65 leaking leaking leaking into
Wall hole cover water
(Field supply)
Wall embedded pipe
(Field supply) Drain
Correct Wrong Wrong Wrong
! CAUTION
• Do not install the unit at altitude over 2000m for both indoor and outdoor.

REFRIGERANT PIPING
Allowable Piping Length and Maximum No. of Bends

If the pipe is too long, both the capacity and reliability of the unit will drop. As the number of bends increases, resistance to
the flow of refrigerant system increases, thus lowering cooling capacity. As a result, the compressor may become defective.
Always choose the shortest path and follow the recommendations as tabulated below:
Indoor unit
Outdoor Unit
L E
Model Indoor FTN20 FTN25 FTN30 FTNK20 FTNK25

Outdoor RN20 RN25 RN30 RNK20 RNK25
Min. allowable length, m 3 3 3
Max. allowable length, m (L) 35 45 35
Max. allowable elevation, m (E) 15 25 15
Liquid pipe size, mm/(in) 6.35 6.35 9.53 6.35 6.35
(1/4") (1/4") (3/8") (1/4") (1/4")
Gas pipe size, mm/(in) 12.7 15.88 15.88 12.7 15.88
(1/2") (5/8") (5/8") (1/2") (5/8")
*Be sure to add the proper amount of additional refrigerant. Failure to do so may result in reduced performance.
Remark: The refrigerant pre-charged in the outdoor unit is for piping length up to 7.5m.
Equivalent length for various fitting (meter)

Pipe Size L joint Trap bend
3/8" (OD9.52mm) 0.18 1.3

1/2" (OD12.7mm) 0.20 1.5
5/8" (OD15.9mm) 0.25 2.0
3/4" (OD19.1mm) 0.35 2.4
7/8" (OD22.2mm) 0.40 3.0
1" (OD25.4mm) 0.45 3.4
1 1/8" (OD28.6mm) 0.50 3.7
1 3/8" (OD34.9mm) 0.60 4.4
Notes:
1. Equivalent piping length is obtained with actual length of gas piping.
2. 90° bend of piping is equivalent to L joint.
Bending must be carefully made so as not to crush the pipe. Use a pipe bender to bend a pipe where possible.
10

REFRIGERANT PIPING
English
Piping Works And Flaring Technique
Figure I
• Do not use contaminated or damaged copper tubing. If Cutting Copper Tube
any piping, evaporator or condenser had been exposed or
had been opened for 15 seconds or more, the system must 1/4t
be vacuumed. Generally do not remove plastic, rubber
plugs and brass nuts from the valves, fittings, tubing and
coils until it is ready to connect suction or liquid line into
valves or fittings.
• If any brazing work is required, ensure that nitrogen gas
is passed through coil and joints while the brazing work Figure II
is being done. This will eliminate soot formation on the
inside wall of copper tubings.
Remove Burr
• Cut the pipe stages by stages, advancing the blade of pipe
cutter slowly. Extra force and a deep cut will cause more
distortion of pipe and therefore extra burr. See Figure I.
• Remove burrs from cut edges of the pipes with remover. See
Figure II. Hold the pipe on top position and burr remover Figure III
at lower position to prevent metal chips from entering the Copper Tube D
pipe. This will avoid unevenness on the flare faces which Swaging Block
A
will cause gas leak.
• Insert the flare nuts, mounted on the connection parts
of both the indoor unit and outdoor unit, into the copper
pipes.
• The exact length of pipe protruding from the top surface
of the swaging block is determined by the flaring tool.
See Figure III. Ø Tube, D A (mm)
• Fix the pipe firmly on the swaging block. Match the centers Inch mm Imperial Rigid
of both the swaging block and the flaring punch, then (Wing-nut Type) (Clutch Type)
tighten the flaring punch fully. 1/4" 6.35 1.3 0.7
• The refrigerant pipe connection are insulated by closed 3/8" 9.52 1.6 1.0
cell polyurethane.
1/2" 12.70 1.9 1.3
Piping Connection To The Units 5/8" 15.88 2.2 1.7
• Align the center of the piping and tighten the flare nut 3/4" 19.05 2.5 2.0
sufficiently with fingers. See Figure IV.
• Finally, tighten the flare nut with torque wrench until the Figure IV
wrench clicks. Flare Joint Flared Tube
• When tightening the flare nut with the torque wrench,
ensure that the tightening direction follows the arrow
indicated on the wrench.
• The refrigerant pipe connection are insulated by closed Indoor Piping Flare Nut
cell polyurethane.
Pipe Size, mm (in) Torque, Nm/(ft-lb)

6.35 (1/4") 18 (13.3)
9.52 (3/8") 42 (31.0)
12.70 (1/2") 55 (40.6)
15.88 (5/8") 65 (48.0)
Torque Wrench
Spanar
19.05 (3/4") 78 (57.6)
11

ELECTRICAL WIRING CONNECTION
IMPORTANT : * The figures shown in the table are for information purpose only. They should be checked and selected
to comply with the local/national codes of regulations. This is also subject to the type of installation and
conductors used.
** The appropriate voltage range should be checked with label data on the unit.
Indoor unit COMP Interconnection cable Outdoor unit

COMP Terminal Block
Terminal Block
N1 N
Power
! There must be an all pole
disconnection in the supply
L Fuse / mains with a contact separation
Supply Main
Circuit Switch of at least 3mm.
Cable Breaker
L / L1 Power
N / L2 Supply
Model Indoor (FTN/FTNK) 20 25

Outdoor (RN/RNK) 20 25
Voltage range** 220-240V/~/50Hz + !
Power supply cable size* mm 2
2.5 2.5
Number of conductors 3 3
Interconnection cable size* mm2 2.5 2.5
Number of conductors 3 3
Recommended fuse/circuit breaker rating* A 20 25
Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit

Terminal Block Interconnection cable Terminal Block
COMP L
N2 N
N1 S
L R
COMP
Power
Fuse / Supply L
Main Circuit
Switch Breaker Cable
L / L1 N
Power
! disconnection
There must be an all pole
N / L2
Supply
in the supply
mains with a contact separation
of at least 3mm.
Model Indoor (FTN) 30

Outdoor (RN) 30
Voltage range** 220-240V/~/50Hz + !
Power supply cable size* mm2 2.5
Number of conductors 3
Interconnection cable size* mm2 2.5
Number of conductors 4
Recommended fuse/circuit breaker rating* A 25
* Power Supply from Outdoor Unit.
12

• All wires must be firmly connected.
• All wires must not touch the refrigerant piping, compressor or any moving parts of the fan motor.
English
• The connecting wires between the indoor unit and the outdoor unit must be clamped on the wire clamps.
• The power supply cord must be equivalent to H07RN-F which is the minimum requirement.
• Make sure no external pressure is applied to the terminal connectors and wires.
• Make sure all the covers are properly fixed to avoid any gap.
• Use round crimp-style terminal for connecting wires to the power supply terminal block. Connect the wires by matching
to the indication on terminal block. (Refer to the wiring diagram attached on the unit).
Attach insulation sleeve
Electric wire
Round crimp-style terminal
• Used the correct screwdriver for terminal screws tightening. Unsuitable screwdrivers can damage the screw head.
• Over tightening can damage the terminal screws.
• Do not connect wire of different gauge to same terminal.
• Keep wiring in an orderly manner. Prevent the wiring from obstructing other parts and the terminal box cover.
Connect wires of the Do not connect wires of the Do not connect wires
same gauge to both side. same gauge to one side. of different gauges.
13

VACUUMING AND CHARGING
Vacuuming is necessary to eliminate all moisture and air from the system.
Vacuuming The Piping And The Indoor Unit
Except for the outdoor unit which is pre-charged with Allen key Refrigerant Piping
Flare nut
refrigerant, the indoor unit and the refrigerant connection
pipes must be air-purged because the air containing moisture
that remains in the refrigerant cycle may cause malfunction
of the compressor.
• Remove the caps from the valve and the service port.
Service Port Outdoor Unit 3 ways valve
• Connect the center of the charging gauge to the vacuum
pump.
• Connect the charging gauge to the service port of the
3-way valve.
• Start the vacuum pump. Evacuate for approximately LOW PRESSURE GAUGE HIGH PRESSURE GAUGE
30 minutes. The evacuation time varies with different -760mmHg GAUGE MANIFOLD
vacuum pump capacity. Confirm that the charging gauge
needle has moved towards -760mmHg. HANDLE LO HANDLE HI (ALWAYS CLOSED)
Caution CHARGE HOSE CHARGE HOSE
VACUUM PUMP
• If the gauge needle does not move to -760mmHg, be sure ADAPTER FOR
to check for leakage at flare type connection of the indoor COUNTER FLOW
PREVENTION
and outdoor unit and repair the leak before proceeding to LIQUID
CHECK
the next step. VALVE
VALVE
GAS VALVE
• Close the valve of the changing gauge and stop the vacuum (3-WAY)
pump.
• On the outdoor unit, open the suction valve (3 way) and
CONFIGURATION OF AIR
liquid valve (2 way) (in anti-clockwise direction) with 4mm PURGE BY CHARGING
key for hexagon sacked screw.
Charge Operation
This operation must be done by using a gas cylinder and a
precise weighing machine. The additional charge is topped-up LOW PRESSURE GAUGE HIGH PRESSURE GAUGE
into the outdoor unit using the suction valve via the service -760mmHg GAUGE MANIFOLD
port.
• Remove the service port cap. HANDLE LO HANDLE HI (ALWAYS CLOSED)
• Connect the low pressure side of the charging gauge to the CHARGE HOSE CHARGE HOSE
suction service port center of the cylinder tank and close
the high pressure side of the gauge. Purge the air from the CHECK
VALVE
service hose.
LIQUID
• Start the air conditioner unit. VALVE
• Open the gas cylinder and low pressure charging valve. GAS VALVE
• When the required refrigerant quantity is pumped into (3-WAY)
the unit, close the low pressure side and the gas cylinder
valve. CONFIGURATION OF AIR
PURGE BY CHARGING
• Disconnect the service hose from service port. Put back
the service port cap.
14

ADDITIONAL CHARGE
English
The refrigerant is pre-charged in the outdoor unit. If the piping length is less than 7.5m, then additional charge after vacuuming
is not necessary. If the piping length is more than 7.5m, then use the additional charge value as indicated in the table.
Additional refrigerant charge [g] per additional 1m length as tabulated (For R410A models)
Indoor (FTN/FTNK) 20 25 30
Outdoor (RN/RNK) 20 25 30
Additional charge [g/m] 14 4 45
Example:
FTN20 & RN20 with 12m piping length, additional piping length is 4.5m. Thus,
Additional charge = 4.5[m] x 14[g/m]
= 63[g]
INDICATOR LIGHTS
IR Signal Receiver
When an infrared remote control operating signal has been
transmitted, the signal receiver on the indoor unit will respond
as below to confirm acceptance of the signal transmission.
ON to OFF 1 Long Beep
OFF to ON 2 Short Beep
Pump down/Cool force on
Others 1 Short Beep
IR Receiver
Cooling Unit / Heat Pump Unit
The table shows the LED indicator lights for the air conditioner
unit under normal operation and fault conditions.
The LED indicator lights are located at the right bottom of
the air conditioner unit.
The heat pump units are equipped with an “auto” mode

sensor whereby it will provide reasonable room temperature
by switching automatically to either “cool” or “heat” mode
according to the temperature set by the user. IR Receiver
For FTNK only
LED Indicator Lights for Cooling Unit/Heat Pump Unit
IR Receiver
Cool/Heat
Timer
Sleep
ON/OFF ON/OFF switch
Cool/Heat/Timer
IR Receiver
ON/OFF ON/OFF switch
For FTNK only
15

LED Indicator Lights: Normal Operation And Fault Conditions For Cooling/Heat Pump
Unit (For FTN 20/25 only)
Operation
COOL/HEAT
(BLUE/RED)
BLUE
Cool mode
RED
Heat mode
RED
Auto mode in Heating operation
BLUE
Auto mode in Cooling operation
Timer on
Sleep mode on
BLUE
Fan mode on
BLUE
Dry mode on
RED
Defrost operation
BLUE
Unit error
ON Blinking
LED Indicator Lights: Normal Operation And Fault Conditions For Cooling/Heat Pump
Unit (For FTN30 only)
Normal Operation/Fault Indication Action Error Code

COOL/HEAT
(GREEN/RED)
Green
Cool mode - -
Red
Heat mode - -
Red
Auto mode in Heating operation - -
Green
Auto mode in Cooling operation - -
Timer on - -
Sleep mode on - -
Fan mode on - -
Dry mode on - -
Room air sensor contact Call your dealer Blink E1
1 time Loose/Short
3 times
Outdoor coil sensor open Call your dealer Blink E3
2 times
Indoor coil sensor open Call your dealer Blink E2
Compressor overload/ Indoor coil sensor Call your dealer Blink E4
1 time short/ outdoor coil sensor short
Red
Defrost operation - -
3 times
Gas leak Call your dealer Blink E5
6 times
Hardware error (tact switch pin short) Call your dealer Blink E8
4 times
No feedback from indoor fan Call your dealer Blink E9
ON ON or OFF Blinking
Note: The unit will not detect sensor missing when the compressor is ON.
16

LED Indicator Lights: Normal Operation And Fault Conditions For Cooling/Heat Pump Unit
(For FTNK 20/25 only)
English
Operation
COOL/HEAT/TIMER
(BLUE/RED/VIOLET)
BLUE
Cool mode
RED
Heat mode
RED
Auto mode in Heating operation
BLUE
Auto mode in Cooling operation
Timer on
VIOLET
BLUE
Fan mode on
BLUE
Dry mode on
RED
Defrost operation
BLUE
Unit error
ON Blinking
17

AIR CONDITIONER UNIT OPERATION
Dry Mode Notes On Flaps And Louvers Angles

• When the air humidity is high, the unit can operate in dry • When “SWING button” is selected, the flaps swinging
mode. Press <MODE> button and choose <DRY>. range depends on the operation mode. (See the figure.)
• If the room temperature is 2°C/3.6°F higher than the
set temperature, the air conditioner will operate under ATTENTION
cooling mode until it reaches within the 2°C/3.6°F range • Always use a remote controller to adjust the flaps angle.
of difference compared to the set temperature before it If you attempt to move it forcibly with hand when it is
converts to dry mode. swinging, the mechanism may be broken.
• If the room temperature is within the 2°C/3.6°F range of • Be careful when adjusting the louvers. Inside the air outlet,
difference compared to the set temperature, it will directly a fan is rotating at a high speed.
operate under dry mode.
• The unit will operate at LOW speed under dry mode. In COOL, DRY and FAN mode
Heat Mode (for heat pump unit only)
• When the unit is switched on from cold start or defrosting
cycle, the indoor fan will start to operate only after the coil When stop
operation
reaches the desired temperature. Cooling Upper Lower
• When the set temperature is achieved, the indoor fan will Mode Limit (°) Limit (°)
20 55 85
operate until the coil cannot provide anymore additional Upper limit 25 45 75
heat. Lower limit
30 55 85
Air Flow Control

• For more effective air circulation, you can manually adjust In HEAT mode
the air discharge grille to the left or right.
When stop
• During cool mode operation and dry mode operation, do operation
not direct the air discharge louver downwards for too long. Heating Upper Lower
If operating continues in this way, condensation may occur Mode Limit (°) Limit (°)
20 70 110
on the louver, thus resulting in drippings. 25 60 100
Upper limit 30 70 110
Overheating Protection (for heat pump unit only) Lower limit
• In case the internal and/or the external temperature is
too high, or that the filter is dirty and clogged up, the
refrigerant may be overheated. The compressor will cut out
when the condensing temperature reaches 62°C/143.6°F.
Frost Prevention
• When the air filter is dirty, the evaporating temperature
will decrease and eventually cause frosting.
• If the evaporating temperature reaches -1°C/33.8°F, the
unit will trip.
Fan Speed And Rated Cooling Capacity
• The rated cooling capacity is provided at the HIGH fan
speed.
• The cooling capacity is lower when the unit is operating
at MEDIUM and LOW fan speed.
OPERATING RANGE
COOLING
Outdoor DB
(°C)
54
52
DB: Dry bulb

WB: Wet bulb
19
14 19 23 Indoor WB (°C)
18

AIR FILTER
English
1. Open the front panel. 4. Set the air filter as they were and close the front
• Hold the panel at the recesses on the main unit panel.
(2 recesses on right and left sides) and lift it until it • Insert claws of the filters into slots of the front panel.
stops. Close the front panel slowly and push the panel at the
3 points. (1 on each side and 1 in the middle.)
Recess on
• The air filter have a symmetrical form in the horizontal
main unit direction.
2. Pull out the air filters. FRONT

• Push a little upwards the tab at the center of each air
filter, then pull it down.
• Hold the recessed parts of the frame and unhook the
four claws.
3. Clean or replace each filter.
• When shaking off remaining water, do not wring the
filter.
Filter frame Air filter
Titanium apatite
deodorizing filter
Tab
19

SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE
Service Parts Maintenance Procedures Period

Indoor air filter 1. Remove any dust adhering to the filter by using a vacuum cleaner or wash in lukewarm At least once
water (below 40°C/104°F) with a neutral cleaning detergent. every 2 weeks.
2. Rinse the filter well and dry before placing it back onto the unit. More frequently
3. Do not use gasoline, volatile substances or chemicals to clean the filter. if necessary.
Indoor unit 1. Clean any dirt or dust on the grille or panel by wiping it with a soft cloth soaked in At least once
lukewarm water (below 40°C/104°F) and a neutral detergent solution. every 2 weeks.
2. Do not use gasoline, volatile substances or chemicals to clean the indoor unit. More frequently
if necessary.
! CAUTION
• Avoid direct contact of any coil treatment cleaners on plastic part. This may cause plastic part to deform as a result
of chemical reaction.
1. Open the front panel.

• Hold the panel at the recesses on the main unit (2 recesses Recess on
main unit
on right and left sides) and lift it until it stops.
2. Remove the front panel.
• While lifting the front panel further, slide it to the right
and pull it to the front side. The left rotating shaft is
detached. Slide the right rotating shaft to the left and
pull it to the front side to remove it.
3. Attach the front panel. Rotating shaft
• Align the right and left rotating shafts of the front panel
with the grooves and push them all the way in.
• Gently close the front panel. (Push both ends and the
center on the front panel.)
Front Panel Opening & Closing Sequence

(For FTNK only)
To open the front panel
1) Lift up the two tips of front panel 1 until it stops at the pre-fix position.
2) Lift up the two tips of front panel 2 to open it anda access to inner parts.
To close the front panel, reverse the steps of opening sequence. Slot in the ribs (4 ribs at each side, total 8 ribs), carefully at
both left and right. Then, press the panel forward till it closes tight. Refer to 3
Step 1 Step 2
Step 3 Step 3
20

! CAUTION
English
• Don’t touch the metal parts of the indoor unit. It may cause an injury.
• When removing or attaching the front panel, support the panel securely with hand to prevent it from falling.
• For cleansing, do not use hot water above 40°C, benzine, gasoline, thinner, nor other volatile oils, polishing
compound, scrubbing brushes, nor other hand stuff.
• After cleaning, make sure that the front panel is securely fixed.
When The Unit Is Not To Be Used For An Extended Long Period Of Time
Operate the unit for 2 hours Remove the power plug.

with the following setting. If you are using an independent
electric circuit for your unit,
Operating mode : cool cut off the circuit.
Temperature : 30°C/86°F Remove the batteries in the
remote control.
TROUBLESHOOTING
For any enquiries on spare part please contact your authorized dealer. When any malfunction of the air
conditioner unit is noted, immediately switch off the power supply to the unit. Check the following fault
conditions and causes for some simple troubleshooting tips.
Fault Causes / Action

1. The compressor does not operate 3 minutes after the - Protection against frequent starting. Wait for 3 to 4
air conditioner unit is started. minutes for the compressor to start operating.
2. The air conditioner unit does not operate. - Power failure, or the fuse needs to be replaced.
- The power plug is disconnected.
- It is possible that your delay timer has been set
incorrectly.
- If the fault persist after all these verifications, please
contact the air conditioner unit installer.
3. The air flow is too low. - The air filter is dirty.
- The doors or windows are open.
- The air suction and discharge are clogged.
- The regulated temperature is not high enough.
4. Discharge air flow has bad odour. - Odours may be caused by cigarettes, smoke particles,
perfume etc. which might have adhered onto the coil.
5. Condensation on the front air grille of the indoor unit. - This is caused by air humidity after an extended long
period of operation.
- The set temperature is too low, increase the
temperature setting and operate the unit at high fan
speed.
6. Water flowing out from the air conditioner unit. - Switch off unit and call dealer.
7. Hissing air flow sound from the air conditioner unit - Refrigerant fluid flowing into the evaporator coil.
during operation.
If the fault persists, please call your local dealer / serviceman.
21

SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL INDOOR UNIT FTN20AV1K/KR FTN25AV1K/KR FTN30AV1K/KR FTNK20AV1K/KR FTNK25AV1K/KR

OUTDOOR UNIT RN20AV1K/KR RN25AV1K/KR RN30AV1K/KR RNK20AV1K/KR RNK25AV1K/KR
RATED VOLTAGE V 220-240 220-240 220-240 220-240 220-240
RATED FREQUENCY Hz 50 50 50 50 50
COOLING (T1) RATED CURRENT A 7.16 9.32 13.4 7.16 9.32
INDOOR RATED POWER INPUT kW 1.63 2.14 2.80 1.63 2.14
27DBOC/19WBOC CAPACITY B tu/h 18000 24000 28000 18000 24000
OUTDOOR kW 5.28 7.03 8.21 5.28 7.03
35DBOC/24WBOC EER (B tu/h)/W 11.04 11.21 10.00 11.04 11.21
29DBOC/19WBOC CAPACITY B tu/h 14200 18300 24000 14200 18300
OUTDOOR kW 4.16 5.36 7.03 4.16 5.36
46DBOC/24WBOC EER (Btu/h)/W 7.36 7.04 7.06 7.36 7.04
ANNUAL ENERGY CONSUMPTION kWh/year 1930 2600 3400 1930 2600
NET WEIGHT INDOOR UNIT kg 14.0 14.0 16.0 14.0 14.0
OUTDOOR UNIT kg 49 57 77 49 57
REFRIGERANT R410A kg 1.29 1.65 2.60 1.29 1.65
COUNTRY OF ORIGIN INDOOR UNIT Malaysia
OUTDOOR UNIT Malaysia
MODEL INDOOR UNIT FTN20AV1K9 FTN25AV1K9 FTN30AV1KR FTNK20AV1K9 FTNK25AV1K9

OUTDOOR UNIT RN20AV1K9 RN25AV1K9 RN30AV1KR RNK20AV1K9 RNK25AV1K9
RATED VOLTAGE V 220-240 220-240 220-240 220-240 220-240
RATED FREQUENCY Hz 50 50 50 50 50
27DB OC/19WB OC CAPACITY Btu/h 17000 23000 28000 17000 23000
OUTDOOR kW 4.98 6.74 8.21 4.98 6.74
35DB OC/24WB OC EER (Btu/h)/W 10.43 10.70 10.00 10.43 10.70
29DB C/19WB C
O O CAPACITY Btu/h 14200 18300 24000 14200 18300
OUTDOOR kW 4.16 5.36 7.03 4.16 5.36
46DB OC/24WB OC EER (Btu/h)/W 7.36 7.04 7.06 7.36 7.04
NET WEIGHT INDOOR UNIT kg 14.0 14.0 16.0 14.0 14.0
OUTDOOR UNIT kg 49 57 77 49 57
REFRIGERANT R410A kg 1.29 1.65 2.60 1.29 1.65
COUNTRY OF ORIGIN INDOOR UNIT Malaysia
OUTDOOR UNIT Malaysia
NOTE:
This product is not designed for repacking. In case of re-packing, contact to Daikin Dealer.
22

BRAND NAME
1-IM-5WMJ(R)-0714(2)DAIKIN(SASO)22 22
FTN20AV1K/RN20AV1K PLACE
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﺭﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻤﻜﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‬ HERE
1930 14200 Emirates Energy Efficiency Label for Air-conditioners
kWh/Year Btu/Hr
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺗﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺳﻧﻭﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺗﺑﺭﻳﺩﻳﺔ‬ RFID TAG
‫ﻣﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻛﻠﻳﺔ‬
Annual Energy Cooling
Consumption Capacity 2
Remark: For UAE Only
BRAND NAME
FTNK20AV1K/RNK20AV1K PLACE
kWh/Year Btu/Hr
5/22/15 4:27:20 PM
BRAND NAME
FTN20AV1K/RN20AV1KRE PLACE
kWh/Year Btu/Hr
BRAND NAME
kWh/Year Btu/Hr
5/22/15 4:27:20 PM
BRAND NAME
FTNK25AV1K/RNK25AV1K PLACE
kWh/Year Btu/Hr
BRAND NAME
kWh/Year Btu/Hr
5/22/15 4:27:20 PM
• In the event that there is any conflict in the interpretation of this manual and any translation of the same in any
language, the English version of this manual shall prevail.
• The manufacturer reserves the right to revise any of the specification and design contain herein at any time
without prior notification.
Zandvoordestraat 300, B-8400 Oostende, Head office:

Belgium Umeda Center Bldg., 2-4-12, Nakazaki-Nishi,
Kita-ku, Osaka, 530-8323 Japan
P.O.Box 18674, Jebel Ali Free Zone, Dubai-UAE Tokyo office:

Email: [email protected] JR Shinagawa East Bldg., 2-18-1, Konan,
Web: www.daikinmea.com Minato-ku, Tokyo, 108-0075 Japan
http://www.daikin.com/global/
Importer for Turkey
Lot 60334, Persiaran Bukit Rahman Putra 3,
Allianz Plaza-Kucukbakkalkoy Mah.Kayısdagi Cad.No:1 34750 Taman Perindustrian Bukit Rahman Putra,
Atasehir-ISTANBUL / TURKIYE 47000 Sungai Buloh, Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia.

.‫ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﻜﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ‬،‫• ﺍﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻱ ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻳﺔ ﻟﻐﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
.‫• ﻳﺤﺘﻔﻆ ﺍﳌﺼﻨﻊ ﺑﺤﻖ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ‬
Head office: Zandvoordestraat 300, B-8400 Oostende,

Umeda Center Bldg., 2-4-12, Nakazaki-Nishi, Belgium
Kita-ku, Osaka, 530-8323 Japan
Tokyo office: P.O.Box 18674, Jebel Ali Free Zone, Dubai-UAE
JR Shinagawa East Bldg., 2-18-1, Konan, Email: [email protected]
Minato-ku, Tokyo, 108-0075 Japan Web: www.daikinmea.com
http://www.daikin.com/global/
Importer for Turkey
Lot 60334, Persiaran Bukit Rahman Putra 3,
Taman Perindustrian Bukit Rahman Putra, Allianz Plaza-Kucukbakkalkoy Mah.Kayısdagi Cad.No:1 34750
47000 Sungai Buloh, Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia. Atasehir-ISTANBUL / TURKIYE
CVR-IM-5WMJ(R)-0714(2)-DAIKIN(SA4 4 5/26/15 9:25:33 AM

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫‪FTNK25AV1K/KR FTNK20AV1K/KR FTN30AV1K/KR FTN25AV1K/KR FTN20AV1K/KR‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ‬

‫‪RNK25AV1K /KR RNK20AV1K /KR‬‬ ‫‪RN30AV1K/KR‬‬ ‫‪RN25AV1K /KR RN20AV1K /KR‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪220-240‬‬ ‫‪220-240‬‬ ‫‪220-240‬‬ ‫‪220-240‬‬ ‫‪220-240‬‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺭ‬
‫‪9.32‬‬ ‫‪7.16‬‬ ‫‪13.4‬‬ ‫‪9.32‬‬ ‫‪7.16‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺒﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ )‪(T1‬‬
‫‪2.14‬‬ ‫‪1.63‬‬ ‫‪2.80‬‬ ‫‪2.14‬‬ ‫‪1.63‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻭﺍﻁ‬ ‫ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪24000‬‬ ‫‪18000‬‬ ‫‪28000‬‬ ‫‪24000‬‬ ‫‪18000‬‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪/‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ‬ ‫‪ 19‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 27/‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺭﻃﺒﺔ‬
‫‪7.03‬‬ ‫‪5.28‬‬ ‫‪8.21‬‬ ‫‪7.03‬‬ ‫‪5.28‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻭﺍﻁ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪11.21‬‬ ‫‪11.04‬‬ ‫‪10.00‬‬ ‫‪11.21‬‬ ‫‪11.04‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪) EER‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪/‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ(‪/‬ﻭﺍﻁ‬ ‫‪ 24‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 35/‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺭﻃﺒﺔ‬
‫‪7.04‬‬ ‫‪7.36‬‬ ‫‪7.06‬‬ ‫‪7.04‬‬ ‫‪7.36‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪) EER‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪/‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ(‪/‬ﻭﺍﻁ‬ ‫‪ 24‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 46/‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺭﻃﺒﺔ‬
‫‪2600‬‬ ‫‪1930‬‬ ‫‪3400‬‬ ‫‪2600‬‬ ‫‪1930‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻭﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺳﻨﻮﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻱ‬
‫‪14.0‬‬ ‫‪14.0‬‬ ‫‪16.0‬‬ ‫‪14.0‬‬ ‫‪14.0‬‬ ‫ﻛﺠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫‪57‬‬ ‫‪49‬‬ ‫‪77‬‬ ‫‪57‬‬ ‫‪49‬‬ ‫ﻛﺠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪1.65‬‬ ‫‪1.29‬‬ ‫‪2.60‬‬ ‫‪1.65‬‬ ‫‪1.29‬‬ ‫ﻛﺠﻢ‬ ‫‪R410A‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒ ﹼﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪FTNK25AV1K9 FTNK20AV1K9 FTN30AV1KR FTN25AV1K9 FTN20AV1K9‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ‬

‫‪RNK25AV1K9 RNK20AV1K9 RN30AV1KR‬‬ ‫‪RN25AV1K9‬‬ ‫‪RN20AV1K9‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪220-240‬‬ ‫‪220-240‬‬ ‫‪220-240‬‬ ‫‪220-240‬‬ ‫‪220-240‬‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺭ‬
‫‪23000‬‬ ‫‪17000‬‬ ‫‪28000‬‬ ‫‪23000‬‬ ‫‪17000‬‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪/‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫‪ 19‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 27/‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺭﻃﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ‬
‫‪10.70‬‬ ‫‪10.43‬‬ ‫‪10.00‬‬ ‫‪10.70‬‬ ‫‪10.43‬‬ ‫‪24‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 35/‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺭﻃﺒﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪) EER‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪/‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ(‪/‬ﻭﺍﻁ‬
‫‪5805‬‬ ‫‪4401‬‬ ‫‪7560‬‬ ‫‪5805‬‬ ‫‪4401‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻭﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺳﻨﻮﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻱ‬
‫‪2.60‬‬ ‫‪1.93‬‬ ‫‪3.40‬‬ ‫‪2.60‬‬ ‫‪1.93‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻭﺍﻁ‬ ‫ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪5.36‬‬ ‫‪4.16‬‬ ‫‪7.03‬‬ ‫‪5.36‬‬ ‫‪4.16‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻭﺍﻁ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪7.04‬‬ ‫‪7.36‬‬ ‫‪7.06‬‬ ‫‪7.04‬‬ ‫‪7.36‬‬ ‫)ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺮﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪/‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ(‪ /‬ﻭﺍﻁ‬ ‫‪ 24‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 46/‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺭﻃﺒﺔ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪EER‬‬
‫‪2600‬‬ ‫‪1930‬‬ ‫‪3400‬‬ ‫‪2600‬‬ ‫‪1930‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻭﺍﺕﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺳﻨﻮﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻱ‬
‫‪14.0‬‬ ‫‪14.0‬‬ ‫‪16.0‬‬ ‫‪14.0‬‬ ‫‪14.0‬‬ ‫ﻛﺠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫‪57‬‬ ‫‪49‬‬ ‫‪77‬‬ ‫‪57‬‬ ‫‪49‬‬ ‫ﻛﺠﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪1.65‬‬ ‫‪1.29‬‬ ‫‪2.60‬‬ ‫‪1.65‬‬ ‫‪1.29‬‬ ‫ﻛﺠﻢ‬ ‫‪R410A‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺮ ﺩ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﻤﻢ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻮﻛﻴﻞ ‪.Daikin‬‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫‪0-IM-5WMJ(R)-0714(2)DAIKIN(SASO)22 22‬‬ ‫‪5/26/15 9:29:24 AM‬‬

‫! ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻻﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺟﺮﻭﺣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺎﺀ ﺳﺎﺧﻦ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 40‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻨﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻄﺎﻳﺮﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻭﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﺮﺍﺷﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺵ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻻﻳﺪﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﺒﹼﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺷﻐﹼ ﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪ 30 :‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻞ ﻭﺍﺻﻼﺣﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺧﺺ‪ .‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻻﺣﻈﺖ ﺍﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺭﺍﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻞ ﻭﺍﺻﻼﺣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺒﺎﺏ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺐ‬
‫– ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﻟﻮﻑ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ 3‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪4‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﻻﺗﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻄﺔ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ 3‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻤﺔ ﺑﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫–‬ ‫‪ .2‬ﻻﺗﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻔﺼﻮﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫–‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫–‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫–‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺶﺧﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺲﺍﺥ ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫–‬ ‫‪ .3‬ﺍﻧﺴﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺟﺪﺍ ﹰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫–‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻣﺎﻡ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﻭﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫–‬
‫ﺗﻨﻆﻳﻢ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﹰ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫–‬
‫– ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﺎﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻮﺭ …ﺍﻟﺦ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ .4‬ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻍ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺎﺏ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﻛﺮﻳﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻠﺘﺼﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .5‬ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﺛﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻴﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫– ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ ﹰ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺷﻐﹼ ﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫– ﺍﻭﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .6‬ﻳﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻳﻨﺴﺎﺏ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺨﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .7‬ﺻﻮﺕ ﻫﺴﻴﺲ ﺍﻧﺴﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﻛﻴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢١‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻠﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺍﺯﻝ ﺍﻱ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻠﺘﺼﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺮﺷﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻜﻨﺴﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻈﻔﹼ ﻪ ﺑﻤﺎﺀ ﺩﺍﻓﻲﺀ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺳﺒﻮﻋﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼﹰ )ﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‪ 40 °‬ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ( ﻣﻊ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺩﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .2‬ﺍﺷﻄﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺷﺢ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﹰ ﻭﺟﻔﻔﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻻﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺯﻭﻟﲔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺷﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻧﻆﹼﻑ ﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻭﺳﺎﺥ ﺍﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻴﻜﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﲟﺴﺤﻪ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻛﻞ ﺍﺳﺒﻮﻋﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻘﻮﻋﺔ ﲟﺎﺀ ﺩﺍﻓﻲﺀ ﻗﻠﻴﻼﹰ )ﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‪ 40 °‬ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ( ﻣﻊ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺩﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .2‬ﻻﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺯﻭﻟﲔ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻻﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﺫﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺸﻮﻫﻬﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻭﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ 2‬ﺗﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻻﻳﺴﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﻳﻤﻦ ( ﻭﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯﻟﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺳﺤﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻴﻢ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﻳﺴﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﺯﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﻳﻤﻦ ﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺳﺤﺒﻪ ﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻡ ﻟﻨﺰﻋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﺭﻛﹼ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ‬ ‫• ﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺍﻻﻳﺴﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﻳﻤﻦ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻭﺯ ﻭﺍﺩﻓﻌﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﻠﻄﺎﻓﺔ‪) .‬ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻭﺍﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬

‫) ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ FTNK‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺤﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻟﻮﺝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻋﻜﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﺘﺤﺔﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻧﺪ‪ 4) ،‬ﻣﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮ ﻉ ‪ 8‬ﻣﺴﺎﻧﺪ( ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻡ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻏﻼﻗﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪3‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ‬
‫‪٢٠‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫‪ .4‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫• ﺍﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻏﻠﻖ‬ ‫• ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻭﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺒﻄﺊ ﻭﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟـ ‪ 3‬ﻧﻘﺎﻁ )‪ 1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫)‪ 2‬ﺗﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻻﻳﺴﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﻳﻤﻦ( ﻭﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻭ ‪ 1‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺼﻒ‪(.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﻖ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﻓﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫‪FRONT‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﻣﺮﺷﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭﺝ‪.‬‬

‫• ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﻋﻠﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺤﺒﻪ ﻟﻼﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺍﻻﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻮﻓﺔ ﻟﻼﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻻﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﻒ ﺍﻭ ﺑﺪﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺷﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﹼ‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺷﺢ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺷﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺷﺢ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺘﺎﻧﻴﻮﻡ ﻓﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﺑﺎﺗﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻬﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫‪١٩‬‬
‫‪IM-WMJ-0211(2)DAIKIN(SASO)-AR.in19 19‬‬ ‫‪2/22/17 10:28:19 AM‬‬

‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻗﻼﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺯﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﺷﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻑ‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺄﺭﺟﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ”‪ ،“SWING button‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻣﺪﻯ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﺄﺭﺟﺢ ﻗﻼﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪) .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪(.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺯﺭ >‪ <MODE‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ >‪.<DRY‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺘﻴﻦ ‪ 2‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻥ‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻗﻼﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﺍﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻞ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪ 2‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻗﺴﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺄﺭﺟﺤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺤﺼﻞ ﻛﺴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺁﻟﻴﹼﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﻗﻼﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪ 2‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ‬ ‫•‬
‫• ﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ LOW‬ﺗﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻑ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ‪ ،COOL‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ ‪ DRY‬ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻭﺣﺔ ‪FAN‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ )ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺿﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺫﺍﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻘﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﺘﻐﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ)‪ (°‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻻﺩﻧﻰ)‪(°‬‬
‫‪85‬‬ ‫‪55‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﻴﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺔ ﺗﺪﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪75‬‬
‫‪85‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫‪55‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪30‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻧﺴﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻻﺩﻧﻰ‬
‫• ﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺒﻴﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻍ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ ‪HEAT‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻻﺗﻮﺟﹼ ﻪ ﺷﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ ﹰ‪ .‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﻜﺎﺛﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻖ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻄﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ)‪ (°‬ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻻﺩﻧﻰ)‪(°‬‬
‫‪110‬‬ ‫‪70‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ )ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺿﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪100‬‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻻﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪110‬‬ ‫‪70‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬ ‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭ‪/‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻻﺩﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺷﺢ ﻣﺘﺴﺦ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺤﻤﻰ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﺛﻒ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 62‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺠﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺷﺢ ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺎ ﹰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻘﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﻭﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺠﻤﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺫﺍ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ -1‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻘﻴﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫• ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪HIGH‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ MEDIUM‬ﻭ ‪ LOW‬ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻓﺔ )ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‬
‫‪54‬‬
‫‪52‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺭﻃﺒﺔ‬
‫‪14‬‬ ‫‪19‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫)ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﺑﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺭﻃﺒﺔ ‪ WB:‬ﺑﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ‪DB:‬‬
‫‪١٨‬‬

‫ﺍﺿﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ‪ :LED‬ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﻃﻲﺀ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ‪ /‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺿﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ) ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ FTNK20/25‬ﻓﻘﻂ (‬
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫)ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‪/‬ﺍﺣﻤﺮ‪ /‬ﺑﻨﻔﺴﺠﻲ(‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‬

‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻔﺴﺠﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‬

‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻘﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻣﺾ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪١٧‬‬

‫ﺍﺿﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ‪ :LED‬ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﻃﻲﺀ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ‪ /‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺿﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ) ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ FTN20/25‬ﻓﻘﻂ (‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪/‬ﺗﺪﻓﺌﺔ‬
‫)ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‪ /‬ﺍﺣﻤﺮ(‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‬

‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻘﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻣﺾ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﯿﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ‪ :LED‬ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﻃﻲﺀ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ‪ /‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺿﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ ) ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ FTN30‬ﻓﻘﻂ (‬
‫ﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪/‬ﺗﺪﻓﺌﺔ‬

‫)ﺍﺧﻀﺮ‪ /‬ﺍﺣﻤﺮ(‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻀﺮ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﻀﺮ‬

‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺾ ‪E1‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻮﻛﻴﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﺤﺴﺲ ﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﺨﻲ‪ /‬ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻮﻛﻴﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺾ ‪E3‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻮﻛﻴﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺘﺤﺴﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺾ ‪E2‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻮﻛﻴﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺘﺤﺴﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺣﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻀﺎﻏﻄﺔ‪ /‬ﻣﺘﺤﺴﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻗﺼﻴﺮ‪/‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺾ ‪E4‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻮﻛﻴﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺤﺴﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻗﺼﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻘﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺾ ‪E5‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻮﻛﻴﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺾ ‪E8‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻮﻛﻴﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻌﺪﺍﺕ )ﺩﺑﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻗﺼﻴﺮ(‬ ‫‪ 6‬ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺾ ‪E9‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻮﻛﻴﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻣﺾ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺗﻜﺘﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺴﺲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻄﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.ON‬‬
‫‪١٦‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻻﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﹰ‪ .‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪7،5‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺫﻥ ﻻﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ‪ .‬ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪7،5‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﲔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ )ﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻼﺕ ‪(R410A‬‬

‫ﺷﺤﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﺑﺪ ﺍﻻﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ]ﻏﻢ[ ﻟﻜﻞ ‪1‬ﻡ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﹼ‬
‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫)‪(FTN/FTNK‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫‪30‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫)‪(RN/RNK‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪24‬‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻻﺿﺎﻓﻲ ]ﻏﻢ‪/‬ﻡ[‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻼﺕ ‪ FTN20 & RN20‬ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪ 12‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻻﺿﺎﻓﻲ‪ 4.5‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻟﻬﺬﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻻﺿﺎﻓﻲ = ‪ ] 4.5‬ﻡ[ ‪] 14 x‬ﻏﻢ‪/‬ﻡ [‬
‫=‪] 63‬ﻏﻢ [‬
‫ﺍﺿﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺓ ‪IR‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﺖ ﺍﳊﻤﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺒﲔ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺷﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺻﻮﺕ ﺑﻴﺐ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻌﻴﻞ ‪ ON‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻑ ‪OFF‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻑ ‪ OFF‬ﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ON‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺻﻮﺕ ﺑﻴﺐ ﻗﺼﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺿﺞ ﻟﻼﺳﻔﻞ‪/‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ‪IR‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺻﻮﺕ ﺑﻴﺐ ﻗﺼﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪/‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺿﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﺿﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ‪ LED‬ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﻃﻲﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ‪ LED‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻜﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺿﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ ﻣﺠﻬﺰﺓ ﺑﻤﺘﺤﺴﺲ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻊ ”ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ“ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﻓﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ”ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ“‬
‫ﺍﻭ ”ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ“ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﹰ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ‪ LED‬ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪/‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺿﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ FTNK‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ‬
‫‪ON/OFF‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ON/OFF‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫‪ON/OFF‬‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ON‬‬

‫‪/‬ﺍﻻﻳﻘﺎﻑ ‪OFF‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ FTNK‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫‪١٥‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎ ﹰ ﻻﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ‪Allen‬‬ ‫ﺻﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺷﺤﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﹰ ﺑﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻄﻬﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺧﻠﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻻﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫• ﺍﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺑﻤﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ‪ 3‬ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ‬ ‫• ﺍﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻐﻞ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ 30‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﹰ‪ .‬ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬ ‫ﹼ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﺾ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ‪.-760mmHg‬‬
‫‪-760mmHg‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﻌﺐ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺇﺑﺮﺓ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻝ ‪ ،-760mmHg‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ‪LO‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ‪) HI‬ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ(‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻀﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ‬ ‫• ﺍﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻡ ﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻭﻗﻒ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ )‪ 3‬ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎﺕ( ﻭﺻﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ )‪ 2‬ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ( )ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻋﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ( ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬ ‫‪4‬ﻣﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫)‪-3‬ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ(‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻨﺠﺰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺁﻟﺔ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺗﻄﻬﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻻﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‬ ‫• ﺍﻭﺻﻞ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ‬
‫‪-760mmHg‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺸﻌﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻟﺼﻬﺮﻳﺞ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻏﻠﻖ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻴﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﺍﻃﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ‪LO‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺒﺾ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ‪) HI‬ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ(‬ ‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺷﻐﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬ ‫• ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻟﻠﺸﺤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺦ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻏﻠﻖ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫• ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﺪ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬
‫)‪-3‬ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ(‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺗﻄﻬﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫‪١٤‬‬

‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻼﻙ ﺑﺎﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ H07RN-F‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻻﺩﻧﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻏﻄﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻓﺠﻮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺪ ﹼﻭﺭ ‪ -‬ﻣﺜﻨﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪) .‬ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺭﻛﺐ ﹸﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺪ ﹼﻭﺭ ‪ -‬ﻣﺜﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻚ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻟﻸﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺫﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺱ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺱ ﻣﻊ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺃﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻡ‪ * :‬ﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻫﻲ ﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﺤﺼﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺄﻟﻮﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻀﺎ ﹰ ﻋﺮﺿ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫** ﻳﺠﺐ ﻓﺤﺺ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻜﺒﺢ‬

‫‪ COMP‬ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ‪COMP‬‬
‫‪N1‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬
‫‪N‬‬ ‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻛﻠﻲ‬

‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ‬ ‫!‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻤﺔ ‪/‬‬ ‫ﻣﻊ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﻼﻣﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ‪3‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻗﻮﺍﻃﻊ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺮ‬
‫‪L / L1‬‬
‫ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪N / L2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﯿﺔ ) ‪(FTNK/FTN‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮدﯾﻞ‬

‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﯿﺔ )‪(RNK/RN‬‬
‫! ‪220-240V/~/50Hz +‬‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ**‬
‫‪2.5‬‬ ‫‪2.5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ*‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ‬
‫‪2.5‬‬ ‫‪2.5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ*‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ‬
‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪20‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺻﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ‪ /‬ﺣﻠﺒﺔ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺎﺭﺓ*‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻜﺒﺢ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪COMP‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬
‫‪N2‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬
‫‪N1‬‬ ‫‪S‬‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪R‬‬
‫‪COMP‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻤﺔ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﺩ‬ ‫‪L‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻃﻊ ﺩﻭﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ L / L1‬ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫‪N‬‬
‫‪ N / L2‬ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺲ‬ ‫!‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﻼﻣﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ‪3‬ﻣﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪30‬‬ ‫اﻟﺪاﺧﻠﯿﺔ )‪(FTN‬‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻮدﯾﻞ‬

‫‪30‬‬ ‫اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﯿﺔ )‪( RN‬‬
‫! ‪220-240V/~/50Hz +‬‬ ‫ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ**‬
‫‪2.5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ*‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ‬
‫‪2.5‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ*‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ‬
‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺻﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ‪ /‬ﺣﻠﺒﺔ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺎﺭﺓ*‬
‫‪١٢‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪I‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﺯ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺕ ‪1/4‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻧﺤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﻠﻮﺛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﻀﺮﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺨﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺜﻒ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ 15‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻋﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻨﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻤﻮﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪II‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺫﺍ ﺗﻄﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻟﺤﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺤﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺮﻭﺟﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺤﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺰﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﺭﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻧﺼﻞ ﻗﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪III‬‬ ‫ﺑﺒﻂﺀ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﻼﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺧﺸﻨﺔ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.I‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫ﺯﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‬
‫• ﺍﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﺒﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪ .II‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻻﺳﻔﻞ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻈﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻤﻮﻻﺕ ﺛﺒﹼﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺗﻴﻦ‬
‫‪) A‬ﻣﻢ(‬ ‫‪ Ø‬ﺍﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﻨﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ‪D ،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻣﺒﺮﺍﻃﻮﺭﻱ‬
‫)ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﺎﺻﻞ(‬ ‫)ﻧﻮﻉ ﺻﻤﻮﻟﺔ ‪ -‬ﻣﺠﻨﺤﺔ(‬ ‫ﻣﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬ ‫• ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻸﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪0.7‬‬ ‫‪1.3‬‬ ‫‪6.35‬‬ ‫"‪1/4‬‬ ‫ﺯﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.III‬‬
‫‪1.0‬‬ ‫‪1.6‬‬ ‫‪9.52‬‬ ‫"‪3/8‬‬ ‫• ﺛ ﹼﺒﺖ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺯﻥ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ‬
‫‪1.3‬‬ ‫‪1.9‬‬ ‫‪12.70‬‬ ‫"‪1/2‬‬ ‫ﺷﺪ ﺳﻨﺒﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺯﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻭﺳﻨﺒﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﹼ‬
‫‪1.7‬‬ ‫‪2.2‬‬ ‫‪15.88‬‬ ‫"‪5/8‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪2.0‬‬ ‫‪2.5‬‬ ‫‪19.05‬‬ ‫"‪3/4‬‬ ‫• ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒ ﹼﺮﺩ ﻣﻌﺰﻭﻝ ﺑﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻲ ﻳﻮﺭﺛﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ‬

‫ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺴﺎﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪IV‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻻﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﻜﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺻﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺴﺎﻉ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻻﺻﺎﺑﻊ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ‪.IV‬‬
‫• ﺍﺧﻴﺮﺍ ﹰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﻜﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺻﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺴﺎﻉ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﻃﻘﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺻﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊ‬ ‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺷﺪ ﺻﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺪ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺒ ﹼﺮﺩ ﻣﻌﺰﻭﻝ ﺑﺨﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻟﻲ ﻳﻮﺭﺛﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‪(ft-lb) / Nm ،‬‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻢ )ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬
‫)‪18 (13.3‬‬ ‫)"‪6.35 (1/4‬‬
‫)‪42 (31.0‬‬ ‫)"‪9.52 (3/8‬‬
‫)‪55 (40.6‬‬ ‫)"‪12.70 (1/2‬‬
‫ﻋﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ‬ ‫)‪65 (48.0‬‬ ‫)"‪15.88 (5/8‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ‬
‫)‪78 (57.6‬‬ ‫)"‪19.05 (3/4‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻃﻮﻳﻼﹰ ﺟﺪﺍ ﹰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﻧﺤﻨﺎﺀﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻟﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﹰ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻗﺼﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪FTNK25‬‬ ‫‪FTNK20‬‬ ‫‪FTN30‬‬ ‫‪FTN25‬‬ ‫‪FTN20‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ‬

‫‪RNK25‬‬ ‫‪RNK20‬‬ ‫‪RN30‬‬ ‫‪RN25‬‬ ‫‪RN20‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﺩﻧﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻡ‬
‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪35‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ )ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ‪ ،(L‬ﻡ‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪25‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﻪ )ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ ،(E‬ﻡ‬
‫‪6.35‬‬ ‫‪6.35‬‬ ‫‪9.53‬‬ ‫‪6.35‬‬ ‫‪6.35‬‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻢ‪)/‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬
‫)"‪(1/4‬‬ ‫)"‪(1/4‬‬ ‫)"‪(3/8‬‬ ‫)"‪(1/4‬‬ ‫)"‪(1/4‬‬
‫‪15.88‬‬ ‫‪12.7‬‬ ‫‪15.88‬‬ ‫‪15.88‬‬ ‫‪12.7‬‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻢ‪)/‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ(‬
‫)"‪(5/8‬‬ ‫)"‪(1/2‬‬ ‫)"‪(5/8‬‬ ‫)"‪(5/8‬‬ ‫)"‪(1/2‬‬
‫* ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﺍﻥ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﹰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎ ‪7.5‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻟﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ )ﻣﺘﺮ(‬
‫ﻣﻨﻌﻄﻒ ﻓﺦ‬ ‫‪ L‬ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬
‫‪1.3‬‬ ‫‪0.18‬‬ ‫)‪3/8" (OD9.52mm‬‬

‫‪1.5‬‬ ‫‪0.20‬‬ ‫)‪1/2" (OD12.7mm‬‬
‫‪2.0‬‬ ‫‪0.25‬‬ ‫)‪5/8" (OD15.9mm‬‬
‫‪2.4‬‬ ‫‪0.35‬‬ ‫)‪3/4" (OD19.1mm‬‬
‫‪3.0‬‬ ‫‪0.40‬‬ ‫)‪7/8" (OD22.2mm‬‬
‫‪3.4‬‬ ‫‪0.45‬‬ ‫)‪1" (OD25.4mm‬‬
‫‪3.7‬‬ ‫‪0.50‬‬ ‫)‪1 1/8" (OD28.6mm‬‬
‫‪4.4‬‬ ‫‪0.60‬‬ ‫)‪1 3/8" (OD34.9mm‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ .1‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 90° .2‬ﺑﻴﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻝ ‪ L‬ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺤﻨﺎﺀ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻳﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺳﺤﻖ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻨﺪﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻟﺘﻨﻲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺣﻴﺘﻤﺎ ﺃﻣﻜﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬

‫ﺗﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺛﺒﹼﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ )ﺍﺭﺑﻂ ﹼ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﺧﺮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻼﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬ ‫ﹼ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻜﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﻟﻠﻴﻤﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻟﻠﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ‪.7‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭﺝ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﻘﺐ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺑﻨﺼﻒ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﹼﻖ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻻﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫‪65‬ﻣﻢ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺜﻘﺎﺏ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺍﺧﻔﻀﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮﺓ )ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻟﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺯ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ‬
‫‪20/25‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺒﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻏﻲ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ )ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ(‬
‫ﻋﻠﹼﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪30‬‬

‫‪SCREW‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﺸﻒ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺳﻼﻙ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬ ‫‪WM303‬‬

‫‪5J‬‬
‫‪SCREW‬‬
‫‪SCREW‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ‬ ‫‪SCREW‬‬
‫‪SCREW‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬

‫‪SCREW‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻏﻲ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬

‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻋﺎﺯﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺘﺮﻙ‬
‫‪WM303‬‬
‫‪5J‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ‬ ‫‪SCREW‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‬

‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ‪ .‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺜﻘﺎﺏ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫)ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ(‬ ‫ﺟﻠﻔﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻣﻐﻤﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪Ø 65‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻃﺎﺀ ﺛﻘﺐ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫)ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ(‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬ ‫)ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ(‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﺄ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪2000‬ﻡ ﻟﻜﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﹼ‬
‫‪٩‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫) ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ FTNK‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺍﻗﻄﻊ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﺸﺎﺭ ﻗﺴﻄﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ü‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ‪:‬ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ü‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ )ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻭﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﻧﺼﻞ ﻣﻨﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻄﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻗﻄﻊ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫)ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ(‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺨﺸﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺒﺮﺩ ﺇﺑﺮﻱ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻭﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﻣ ﹰﻌﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻋﺰﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﻭﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺑﻂ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻭﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻑ ﻣ ﹰﻌﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻓﻴﻨﻴﻞ ﻻﺻﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ ـ ﺍﻻﻳﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ ـ ﺍﻻﻳﺴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ـ ﺍﻻﻳﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ـ ﺍﻻﻳﺴﺮ‬
‫‪ ü‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺗﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺬﺭﺍﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ü‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﺛﻒ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻀﺨﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﺲ‬ ‫• ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺛﻘﺒﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺍﻧﺴﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺜﻒ‪ .‬ﺍﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺒﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﻻ ﹰ ﺍﺩﺧﻞ ﺟﺰﺀﺍ ﹰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﹰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﻑ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ )ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ‪ ،(A‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬ ‫• ﺍﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺛﻠﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﺭﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺠﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻜﺜﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﻴﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﻭﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﻟﻼﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﺪ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﻌﺪﺓ ﻃﺮﻕ )ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﻗﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺓ(‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﻊ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ )ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺜﻨﻲ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺑﺤﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻻﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻀﺎ ﹰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻘﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺴﻚ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻸﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﹰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﻭﺟﹼ ﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ )ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ(‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺷﺪ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﺛﻒ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ(‬
‫ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ‪ -‬ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ‪ -‬ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ‪ -‬ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ‬
‫)ﻓﺮﺍﻍ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﺩﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻻﺩﻧﻰ‪75‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺩﻧﻰ‪50‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺩﻧﻰ‪50‬‬
‫)ﻓﺮﺍﻍ ﻟﻠﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬ ‫)ﻓﺮﺍﻍ ﻟﻠﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ ـ ﺍﻻﻳﻤﻦ‬

‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﺠﺮﻯ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻫﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ـ ﺍﻻﻳﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻼﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ ـ ﺍﻻﻳﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ـ ﺍﻻﻳﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﺠﺮﻯ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻫﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻼﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ـ ﺍﻻﻳﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ‪ -‬ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ‪ -‬ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ‪ -‬ﺍﻷﻳﺴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﺠﺮﻯ‬

‫ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻟﻼﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺒﻲ ـ ﺍﻻﻳﺴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ ـ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻳﺴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﺠﺮﻯ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻟﻼﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ـ ﺍﻻﻳﺴﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ـ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻳﺴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ـ ﺍﻻﻳﺴﺮ‬
‫‪٧‬‬

‫ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ‬

‫‪ 75‬ﻣﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻒ‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺍﻍ ﺛﻘﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﻟﻔﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﻔﻂ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻓﺮﺍﻍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺠﻮﻧﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺧﻂ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻒ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻝ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ‬

‫‪ 50‬ﻣﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺭﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﻦ(‬
‫‪M4 x 12L‬‬ ‫ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‬ ‫‪ n‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﺘﺢ‪/‬ﺍﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫‪ n‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻗﻄﺮﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﻔﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﻟﻼﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺘﺎﻧﻴﻮﻡ ﻓﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﺑﺎﺗﻴﺖ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺋﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻬﺔ )‪(2‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺘﺎﻧﻴﻮﻡ ﻓﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﺑﺎﺗﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﻳﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺷﺢ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ 500‬ﻣﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﻗﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻍ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺴﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ‬
‫‪B‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫)ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬

‫‪H‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬

‫ﻋﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫‪H/2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫‪500‬‬ ‫‪300‬‬ ‫‪1000‬‬ ‫‪300‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻘﺒﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫)‪ ،(H‬ﺃﺭﺟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﻤﺤﻮﺍ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺋﻖ‬
‫‪٦‬‬

‫ﻫﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫• ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻷﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﻭﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻧﺪ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻛﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .2‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ .1‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻷﺣﺰﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺗﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﻤﻢ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻮﻛﻴﻞ ‪.Daikin‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬

‫ﻛﺘﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻳﺰﻭﺩﻙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺠﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺄﻣﻮﻥ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻼﺋﻢ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺗﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻛﺘﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻌﺪ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻴﻦ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺧﺒﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﺪﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺟﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﻧﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺰﺍﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻣﻌﻨﻴﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﻤﻢ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺷﺨﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻻﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻧﻘﺺ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺪﺭﺍﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻭ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺍﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻻﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻋﻄﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻻﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻋﺒﺜﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬ ‫!‬ ‫! ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬

‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫•‬
‫• ﻻﺗﻨﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻬﺎﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺒﺮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﺗﺴﺮﹼﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﻭﺗﺠﻤﹼ ﻊ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺷﻌﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﺳﻼﻙ ﻣﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﻓﻘﺎﹰ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﺳﻼﻙ‬ ‫•‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻥ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻳﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﺮﻃﺐ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻼﻙ ﻭﻓﻘﺎﹰ ﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺪﻳﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻﺗﻔﺮﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺄﺭﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻧﻘﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎﹰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ‪ .‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ‬ ‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻼﻣﺲ ﺍﻻﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺮﺩ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻏﻄﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺤﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﻠﻖ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻳﻘﺎﻑ ‪ OFF‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺐ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺤﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻜﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺀ‬ ‫•‬
‫• ﺣﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﻭ ﺍﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻠﺘﻔﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻛﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺮﻭﺡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻜﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺤﺐ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬ ‫•‬
‫• ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ /‬ﺍﻻﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻟﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫‪ ON/OFF‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﻳﻘﺎﻑ ”‪“OFF‬‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮﺍﻟﺤﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﺯﻋﺎﺝ ﻭﺿﺮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﻑ‬ ‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻼﻙ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻴﻒ ﺍﻭﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻜﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 1‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻗﻞ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﹼﺽ ﺍﻻﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﺍﻻﺫﺍﻋﻲ‪} .‬ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻻﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺮﻛﹼ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻘﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺧﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﺍﺫﺍﻋﻲ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺸﻐﹼ ﻞ ﺃﻱﹼ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺪﻓﺌﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻜﻴﹼﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬ﻣﺘﺮ{‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺯﻳﺖ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﺨﺮ ﻟﻠﺰﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺨﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻻﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻭﺑﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ ﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻃﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﺎﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﺦ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻠﻄﺤﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻊ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺳﺤﺐ ﺯﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻄﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺤﻮﻕ ﺣﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﻄﻴﺔ ﻛﺜﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺮﻛﹼ ﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﻴﻨﺎﺑﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺼﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﺮﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻛﺒﺮﻳﺘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻟﻲ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺎﻡ‪ :‬ﻻﺗﻨﺼﺐ ﺍﻭ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻓﻲ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺠﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺑﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﺍﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺧﻠﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻓﻀﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺰﻝ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻴﻒ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪ :‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻣﻜﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﲔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺼﻠﻴﺢ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺀ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﻠﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺍﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻻﺻﻼﺡ‪ .‬ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻧﻚ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺴﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻨﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺼﲔ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬

J I J
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬
N
M
N
A O C
K D
MADE IN MALAYSIA
B
G H
E
L
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
O N M L K J I H G F E D C B A
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ‬
28 22 448 26 60 142 746 40 90 72 57 695 400 826 1030 RN30
0-IM-5WMJ(R)-0714(2)DAIKIN(SASO)3 3 5/26/15 9:29:33 AM

‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪SCREW‬‬ ‫‪SCREW‬‬ ‫‪SCREW‬‬
‫‪SCREW‬‬ ‫‪SCREW‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺛﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﺭ‬

‫‪B‬‬
‫‪WM3035J‬‬ ‫‪WM3035J‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 65‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫‪SCREW‬‬ ‫‪SCREW‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ‬
‫‪H‬‬ ‫‪J‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬ ‫‪K‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪M‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺐ ‪FTN30‬‬

‫‪M‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪K‬‬ ‫‪J‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪H‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫‪52‬‬ ‫‪650‬‬ ‫‪177‬‬ ‫‪196‬‬ ‫‪80‬‬ ‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪57‬‬ ‫‪193‬‬ ‫‪201‬‬ ‫‪240‬‬ ‫‪310‬‬ ‫‪1289‬‬ ‫‪FTN30‬‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪K‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫‪M‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫‪N‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪H‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪Q‬‬
‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪J‬‬
‫‪P‬‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪K‬‬ ‫‪J‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪H‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ‬
‫‪126‬‬ ‫‪603‬‬ ‫‪113‬‬ ‫‪101‬‬ ‫‪149‬‬ ‫‪93‬‬ ‫‪44‬‬ ‫‪182‬‬ ‫‪520‬‬ ‫‪328‬‬ ‫‪628‬‬ ‫‪855‬‬ ‫‪RN/RNK 20‬‬
‫‪126‬‬ ‫‪603‬‬ ‫‪113‬‬ ‫‪101‬‬ ‫‪149‬‬ ‫‪93‬‬ ‫‪44‬‬ ‫‪182‬‬ ‫‪520‬‬ ‫‪328‬‬ ‫‪730‬‬ ‫‪855‬‬ ‫‪RN/RNK 25‬‬
‫‪S‬‬ ‫‪R‬‬ ‫‪Q‬‬ ‫‪P‬‬ ‫‪O‬‬ ‫‪N‬‬ ‫‪M‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺩﻳﻞ‬
‫‪362‬‬ ‫‪75‬‬ ‫‪73‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪34‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪164‬‬ ‫‪RN/RNK 20‬‬
‫‪362‬‬ ‫‪75‬‬ ‫‪73‬‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫‪34‬‬ ‫‪15‬‬ ‫‪164‬‬ ‫‪RN/RNK 25‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻄﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻴﹼﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻻﻧﺎﺑﻴﺐ‬

‫ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺻﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫‪B‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺭﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻔﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻏﻲ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻻﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪/ON‬ﺍﻳﻘﺎﻑ ‪OFF‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ(‬
‫ﺛﺮﻣﻮﺳﺘﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ )ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺛﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 65‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪H‬‬ ‫‪J‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ‬ ‫‪K‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ‬
‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪M‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ‪20/25‬‬

‫‪M‬‬ ‫‪L‬‬ ‫‪K‬‬ ‫‪J‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬ ‫‪H‬‬ ‫‪G‬‬ ‫‪F‬‬ ‫‪E‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬
‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪580‬‬ ‫‪219‬‬ ‫‪91‬‬ ‫‪48‬‬ ‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪61‬‬ ‫‪173‬‬ ‫‪190‬‬ ‫‪237‬‬ ‫‪310‬‬ ‫‪1124‬‬ ‫‪FTN 20/25‬‬
‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪580‬‬ ‫‪219‬‬ ‫‪91‬‬ ‫‪48‬‬ ‫‪45‬‬ ‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪61‬‬ ‫‪173‬‬ ‫‪190‬‬ ‫‪242‬‬ ‫‪320‬‬ ‫‪1172‬‬ ‫‪FTNK 20/25‬‬
‫‪١‬‬

‫ﻛﺘﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
R410A ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‬
RN20A FTN20A
‫ﻋﺮﺑﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
R410A ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‬ RN25A FTN25A
RN30A FTN30A
RNK20A FTNK20A
RNK25A FTNK25A
IM-5WMJ-0815(7)-DAIKIN
R08019043958G : ‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺀ‬

DRAFT WARRANTY

7villa-Om-Me-02 DX Hi Wall Split Ac Units

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

7villa-Om-Me-02 DX Hi Wall Split Ac Units

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL

PROJECT REPORT NO. 7-VILLA/OM/ME/02

MANUFACTURER DAIKIN - MALAYSIA

SUPPLIER/ AGENT TADMUR TRADING

Salwa Road, Street No. 340, Area 43

COMMENT BY AL AQSA CONSULTANT ENGINEER

APPROVED APPROVED WITH COMMENTS REVIISED &RESUBMET NOT APPROVED

AL AQSA- CONSULTANT ENGINEER AL AQSA-PROJECT MANAGER

INSTALLATION, OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL

CVR-IM-5WMJ(R)-0714(2)-DAIKIN(SA1 1 5/22/15 4:26:07 PM

THE MARK SHOWS PIPING DIRECTION

Through the wall

H J Liquid pipe end Gas pipe end K I Drain hose position

INSTALLATION PLATE 20/25

All dimensions are in mm

1-IM-5WMJ(R)-0714(2)DAIKIN(SASO)1 1 5/22/15 4:27:13 PM

SCREW SCREW SCREW

Through the wall

H J Liquid pipe Gas pipe K I Drain hose position

INSTALLATION PLATE FTN30

All dimensions are in mm

Outdoor Unit (RN/RNK)

L K L All dimensions are in mm

1-IM-5WMJ(R)-0714(2)DAIKIN(SASO)2 2 5/22/15 4:27:14 PM

1-IM-5WMJ(R)-0714(2)DAIKIN(SASO)3 3 5/22/15 4:27:15 PM

1-IM-5WMJ(R)-0714(2)DAIKIN(SASO)4 4 5/22/15 4:27:15 PM

2. Pull out the unit from the other side.

1-IM-5WMJ(R)-0714(2)DAIKIN(SASO)5 5 5/22/15 4:27:16 PM

Indoor unit Cut thermal insulation pipe

Wrap the insulation pipe with

M4 x 12L Service lid

500mm from wal

INSTALLATION OF THE OUTDOOR UNIT

The outdoor unit must be installed in such a way, so as to

1-IM-5WMJ(R)-0714(2)DAIKIN(SASO)6 6 5/22/15 4:27:16 PM

PUSH & PULL UP

INSTALLATION OF THE INDOOR UNIT

Air flow Right-side, right-back or right-bottom piping

min. 50 min. 50 Right-side

Left-side, left-back or left-bottom piping

1-IM-5WMJ(R)-0714(2)DAIKIN(SASO)7 7 5/22/15 4:27:16 PM

Front grille side

The figure shows the case of left bottom piping

2) After cutting off the pipe cover, perform filing.

Right-bottom piping Left-bottom piping

1-IM-5WMJ(R)-0714(2)DAIKIN(SASO)8 8 5/22/15 4:27:16 PM

30 Hang indoor unit’s hook here.

wires in advance, bind

Water Drainage Piping

1-IM-5WMJ(R)-0714(2)DAIKIN(SASO)9 9 5/22/15 4:27:17 PM

Allowable Piping Length and Maximum No. of Bends

Model Indoor FTN20 FTN25 FTN30 FTNK20 FTNK25

Equivalent length for various fitting (meter)

3/8" (OD9.52mm) 0.18 1.3

1-IM-5WMJ(R)-0714(2)DAIKIN(SASO)10 10 5/22/15 4:27:17 PM

Pipe Size, mm (in) Torque, Nm/(ft-lb)

1-IM-5WMJ(R)-0714(2)DAIKIN(SASO)11 11 5/22/15 4:27:17 PM

Indoor unit COMP Interconnection cable Outdoor unit

Model Indoor (FTN/FTNK) 20 25

Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit

Model Indoor (FTN) 30

1-IM-5WMJ(R)-0714(2)DAIKIN(SASO)12 12 5/22/15 4:27:17 PM

Attach insulation sleeve